annotate runtime/doc/syntax.txt @ 1125:96cd8222a819

updated for version 7.1a
author vimboss
date Sat, 05 May 2007 18:24:42 +0000
parents 4bac29d27e2f
children edc1c9d6dab9
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
1 *syntax.txt* For Vim version 7.1a. Last change: 2007 May 03
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
6
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
7 Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
9 Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
10 color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
11 doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
12 limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
13 calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
14
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
15 Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
16 terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
17 GUI version, gvim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
18
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
19 In the User Manual:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
20 |usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
21 |usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
22
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
23 1. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
24 2. Syntax files |:syn-files|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
25 3. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
26 4. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
27 5. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
28 6. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
29 7. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
30 8. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
31 9. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
32 10. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
33 11. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
34 12. Highlight command |:highlight|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
35 13. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
36 14. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
37 15. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
38 16. Color xterms |xterm-color|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
39
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
40 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
41
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
42 Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
43 disabled at compile time.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
44
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
45 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
46 1. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
47
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
48 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
49 This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
51 :syntax enable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
52
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
53 What this command actually does is to execute the command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
54 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
55
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
56 If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
57 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
58 fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
59 directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
60 are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
61 "/usr/vim/vim50". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
62
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
63 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
64 The ":syntax enable" command will keep your current color settings. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
65 allows using ":highlight" commands to set your preferred colors before or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
66 after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
67 defaults, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
68 :syntax on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
69 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
70 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
71 If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
72 with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
73 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
74 For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
75 For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
76
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
77 NOTE: The syntax files on MS-DOS and Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
78 The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
79 file for your system. Although on MS-DOS and Windows the right format is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
80 automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
81
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
82 NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
83 of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
84 reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
85 used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
86 highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
87
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
88 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
89 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
90
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
91 NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
92 foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
93
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
94
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
95 You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
96 :if exists("syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
97
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
98 To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
99 :map <F7> :if exists("syntax_on") <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
100 \ syntax off <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
101 \ else <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
102 \ syntax enable <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
103 \ endif <CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
104 [using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
105
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
106 Details
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
107 The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
108 this works, look in the file:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
109 command file ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
110 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
111 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
112 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
113 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
114 Also see |syntax-loading|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
115
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
116 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
117 2. Syntax files *:syn-files*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
118
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
119 The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
120 a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
121 name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
122 a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
123 Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
124 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
125 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
126
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
127 The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
128 the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
129 language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
130 for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
131 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
132
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
133 The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
134 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
135 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
136 These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
137
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
138
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
139 MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
141 When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
142 automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
144 1. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
145 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
146 mkdir ~/.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
147
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
148 2. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
149 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
150
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
151 3. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
152 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
153 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
154
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
155 Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
156 :set syntax=mine
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
157 You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
158
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
159 If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
160
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
161 If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
162 to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
163
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
164
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
165 ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
166
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
167 If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
168 add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
169
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
170 1. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
171
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
172 2. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
173 mkdir ~/.vim/after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
174 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
175
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
176 3. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
177 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
178 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
179
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
180 4. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
181 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
182 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
183
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
184 That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
185 different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
186
169
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
187 If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
188 All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
189 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
190 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
191
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
192
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
193 REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
194
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
195 If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
196 version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
197 that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
198 Vim will only load the first syntax file found.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
199
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
201 NAMING CONVENTIONS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
202 *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
203 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
204 and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
205
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
206 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
207 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
208 These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
209 you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
210
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
211 *Comment any comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
212
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
213 *Constant any constant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
214 String a string constant: "this is a string"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
215 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
216 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
217 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
218 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
219
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
220 *Identifier any variable name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
221 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
222
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
223 *Statement any statement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
224 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
225 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
226 Label case, default, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
227 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
228 Keyword any other keyword
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
229 Exception try, catch, throw
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
230
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
231 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
232 Include preprocessor #include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
233 Define preprocessor #define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
234 Macro same as Define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
235 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
237 *Type int, long, char, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
238 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
239 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
240 Typedef A typedef
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
241
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
242 *Special any special symbol
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
243 SpecialChar special character in a constant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
244 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
245 Delimiter character that needs attention
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
246 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
247 Debug debugging statements
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
248
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
249 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
251 *Ignore left blank, hidden
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
252
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
253 *Error any erroneous construct
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
254
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
255 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
256 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
257
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
258 The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
259 For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
260 The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
261 highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
262 after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
263
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
264 Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
265 can be used for the same group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
266
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
267 The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
268 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
269
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
270 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
271 3. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
272
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
273 This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
274 issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
275 located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
276
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
277 ":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
278
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
279 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
280 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
281 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
282 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
283 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
284 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
285 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
286 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
287 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
288 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
289 | | set yet.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
290 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
291 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
292 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
293 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
294 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
295 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
296 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
297 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
298 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
299 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
300 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
301 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
302 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
303 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
304 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
305 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
306 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
307 | | *synload-4*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
308 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
309 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
310 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
311 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
312 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
313 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
314 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
315 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
316 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
317 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
318 already loaded buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
319
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
320
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
321 Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
322
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
323 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
324 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
325 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
326 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
327 | option is set to the file type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
328 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
329 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
330 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
331 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
332 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
333 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
334 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
335 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
336 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
337 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
338 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
339 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
340 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
341 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
342 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
343 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
344 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
345 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
346 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
347 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
348 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
349 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
350 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
351 syntax.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
352
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
353 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
354 4. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
355
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
356 *b:current_syntax-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
357 Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
358 "b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
359 settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
360 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
361 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
362 :au BufReadPost * endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
363
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
364
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
365 2HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
366
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
367 This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
368 window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
369
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
370 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
371 Source the script to convert the current file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
372
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
373 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
374 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
375 Warning: This is slow!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
376 *:TOhtml*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
377 Or use the ":TOhtml" user command. It is defined in a standard plugin.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
378 ":TOhtml" also works with a range and in a Visual area: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
379
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
380 :10,40TOhtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
381
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
382 After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any HTML viewer, such
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
383 as Netscape. The colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
384
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
385 To restrict the conversion to a range of lines set "html_start_line" and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
386 "html_end_line" to the first and last line to be converted. Example, using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
387 the last set Visual area: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
389 :let html_start_line = line("'<")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
390 :let html_end_line = line("'>")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
392 The lines are numbered according to 'number' option and the Number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
393 highlighting. You can force lines to be numbered in the HTML output by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
394 setting "html_number_lines" to non-zero value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
395 :let html_number_lines = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
396 Force to omit the line numbers by using a zero value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
397 :let html_number_lines = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
398 Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
399 :unlet html_number_lines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
400
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
401 Closed folds are put in the HTML as they are displayed. If you don't want
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
402 this, use the |zR| command before invoking 2html, or use: >
279
946f0cbdd535 updated for version 7.0074
vimboss
parents: 271
diff changeset
403 :let html_ignore_folding = 1
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
404
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
405 By default, HTML optimized for old browsers is generated. If you prefer using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
406 cascading style sheets (CSS1) for the attributes (resulting in considerably
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
407 shorter and valid HTML 4 file), use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
408 :let html_use_css = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
409
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
410 By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" is used around the text. This makes it show
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
411 up as you see it in Vim, but without wrapping. If you prefer wrapping, at the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
412 risk of making some things look a bit different, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
413 :let html_no_pre = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
414 This will use <br> at the end of each line and use "&nbsp;" for repeated
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
415 spaces.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
416
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
417 The current value of 'encoding' is used to specify the charset of the HTML
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
418 file. This only works for those values of 'encoding' that have an equivalent
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
419 HTML charset name. To overrule this set g:html_use_encoding to the name of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
420 the charset to be used: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
421 :let html_use_encoding = "foobar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
422 To omit the line that specifies the charset, set g:html_use_encoding to an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
423 empty string: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
424 :let html_use_encoding = ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
425 To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the g:html_use_encoding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
426 variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
427 :unlet html_use_encoding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
428 <
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
429 For diff mode a sequence of more than 3 filler lines is displayed as three
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
430 lines with the middle line mentioning the total number of inserted lines. If
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
431 you prefer to see all the inserted lines use: >
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
432 :let html_whole_filler = 1
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
433 And to go back to displaying up to three lines again: >
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
434 :unlet html_whole_filler
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
435 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
436 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
437 An alternative is to have the script generate XHTML (XML compliant HTML). To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
438 do this set the "use_xhtml" variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
439 :let use_xhtml = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
440 To disable it again delete the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
441 :unlet use_xhtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
442 The generated XHTML file can be used in DocBook XML documents. See:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
443 http://people.mech.kuleuven.ac.be/~pissaris/howto/src2db.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
444
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
445 Remarks:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
446 - This only works in a version with GUI support. If the GUI is not actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
447 running (possible for X11) it still works, but not very well (the colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
448 may be wrong).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
449 - Older browsers will not show the background colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
450 - From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
451
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
452 Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
453 Unix shell: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
454 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
455 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
456
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
457 ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
458
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
459 ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
460 any value to the respective variable. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
461 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
462 To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
463 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
464
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
465 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
466 abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
467 abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
468
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
469
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
470 ADA
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
471
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
472 See |ft-ada-syntax|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
473
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
474
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
475 ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
476
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
477 The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
478 by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
479 by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
480 and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
481
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
482 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
483
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
484 will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
485
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
486 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
487 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
488 ]]></script>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
489
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
490 See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
491
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
492
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
493 APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
494
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
495 The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting depending on Apache HTTP
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
496 server version, by default for 1.3.x. Set "apache_version" to Apache version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
497 (as a string) to get highlighting for another version. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
498
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
499 :let apache_version = "2.0"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
500 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
501
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
502 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
503 ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
504 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
505
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
506 Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
507 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
508 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
509 :let filetype_i = "asm"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
510 Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
511
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
512 There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
513 extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
514 line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
515 files are included:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
516 asm GNU assembly (the default)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
517 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
518 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
519 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
520 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
521 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
522 nasm Netwide assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
523 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
524 MMX)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
525 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
526
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
527 The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
528 :asmsyntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
529 Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
530 one of the first five lines in the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
531
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
532 The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
533 b:asmsyntax variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
534 :let b:asmsyntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
535
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
536 If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
537 the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
538 language: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
539 :let asmsyntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
540
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
541 As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
542
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
543
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
544 Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
545
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
546 To enable a feature: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
547 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
548 To disable a feature: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
549 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
550
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
551 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
552 nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
553 (parser dependent; not recommended)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
554 nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
555 nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
556
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
557
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
558 ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
559
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
560 *.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
561 hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
562 using. For Perl script use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
563 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
564 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
565 For Visual Basic use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
566 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
567 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
568
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
569
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
570 BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
844
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
571
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
572 The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV upto SSA ERP LN
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
573 for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
574 are supported.
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
575
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
576 Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
577 in ones |.vimrc|: >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
578 let baan_code_stds=1
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
579
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
580 *baan-folding*
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
581
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
582 Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
583 mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
584 source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
585
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
586 To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
587 let baan_fold=1
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
588 Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
589 indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
590 considered equal to a tab). >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
591 let baan_fold_block=1
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
592 Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
593 SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
844
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
594 match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
595 let baan_fold_sql=1
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
596 Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
844
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
597 the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
598 .../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
599 set foldminlines=5
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
600 set foldnestmax=6
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
601
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
602
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
603 BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
604
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
605 Both Visual Basic and "normal" basic use the extension ".bas". To detect
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
606 which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
607 five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
608 otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
609 Basic.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
610
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
611
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
612 C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
613
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
614 A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
615 to the respective variable. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
616 :let c_comment_strings=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
617 To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
618 :unlet c_comment_strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
619
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
620 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
621 c_gnu GNU gcc specific items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
622 c_comment_strings strings and numbers inside a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
623 c_space_errors trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
624 c_no_trail_space_error ... but no trailing spaces
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
625 c_no_tab_space_error ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
626 c_no_bracket_error don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
140
8ecb0db93e9a updated for version 7.0045
vimboss
parents: 36
diff changeset
627 c_no_curly_error don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
8ecb0db93e9a updated for version 7.0045
vimboss
parents: 36
diff changeset
628 except { and } in first column
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
629 c_no_ansi don't do standard ANSI types and constants
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
630 c_ansi_typedefs ... but do standard ANSI types
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
631 c_ansi_constants ... but do standard ANSI constants
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
632 c_no_utf don't highlight \u and \U in strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
633 c_syntax_for_h use C syntax for *.h files, instead of C++
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
634 c_no_if0 don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
635 c_no_cformat don't highlight %-formats in strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
636 c_no_c99 don't highlight C99 standard items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
637
36
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
638 When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
639 become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
640 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
842
a209672376fd updated for version 7.0f
vimboss
parents: 838
diff changeset
641 "#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
a209672376fd updated for version 7.0f
vimboss
parents: 838
diff changeset
642 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
36
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
643
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
644 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
645 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
646 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
647 :let c_minlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
648 This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
649 displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
650 disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
651
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
652 When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
653 works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
654 you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
655
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
656 To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
657 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
658 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
659 :function MyCadd()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
660 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
661 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
662 : hi link cMyItem Title
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
663 :endfun
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
664
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
665 ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
666 "NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
667 not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
668 highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
669 :hi link cConstant NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
670
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
671 If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
672 highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
674 If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
675 an the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
676 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
677 syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
678 syn sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
679 set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
680
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
681 CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
682
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
683 C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
684 the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
685
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
686 By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
687 of C or C++: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
688 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
689
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
690
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
691 CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
692
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
693 Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
694 that are available. Additionally there is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
695
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
696 chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
697 chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
698 chill_minlines like c_minlines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
699
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
700
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
701 CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
702
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
703 ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
704 If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
705 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
706 This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
707 "b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
708 file).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
709
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
710 You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
711 :hi link ChangelogError Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
712 Or to avoid the highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
713 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
714 This works immediately.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
715
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
716
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
717 COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
718
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
719 COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
720 development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
721 versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
722 add this line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
723 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
724 To disable it again, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
725 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
726
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
727
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
728 COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
729
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
730 The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
731 comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
732
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
733 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
734
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
735 The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
736
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
737
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
738 CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
739
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
740 This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
741 used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
742
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
743 Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
744 symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
745 between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
746 "filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
747
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
748 :let filetype_csh = "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
749
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
750 For using tcsh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
751
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
752 :let filetype_csh = "tcsh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
753
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
754 Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
755 tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
756 will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
757 "filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
758 variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
759
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
760
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
761 CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
762
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
763 Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
764 hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
765 or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
766 normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
767 line to your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
768
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
769 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
770
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
771 Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
772
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
773 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
774
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
775 To disable these again, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
776
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
777 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
778 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
779 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
780
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
781 CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
782
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
783 Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
784 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
785 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
786 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
787
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
788
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
789 DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
790
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
791 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
792 according to freedesktop.org standard: http://pdx.freedesktop.org/Standards/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
793 But actually almost none implements this standard fully. Thus it will
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
794 highlight all Unix ini files. But you can force strict highlighting according
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
795 to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
796 :let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
797
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
798
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
799 DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
800
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
801 The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
802 provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
803 the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
804 versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
805 uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
806 line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
807 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
808
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
809
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
810 DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
811 DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
812 DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
813
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
814 There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
815 are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
816 automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
817 defaults to XML.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
818 You can set the type manually: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
819 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
820 or: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
821 :let docbk_type = "xml"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
822 You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
823 Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
824 :set filetype=docbksgml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
825 or: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
826 :set filetype=docbkxml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
827
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
828
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
829 DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
830
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
831 There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
832 extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
833 is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
834 this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
835 Select the version you want with the following line: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
836
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
837 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
838
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
839 If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
840 Windows 2000.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
841
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
842 A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
843 "dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
844 is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
845
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
846 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
847
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
848 If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
849
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
850
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
851 DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
852
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
853 Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
854 (similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
855 and idl files, and should also work with java.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
856
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
857 There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done explicity
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
858 or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file. Example: >
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
859 :set syntax=c.doxygen
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
860 or >
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
861 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
862
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
863 It can also be done automaticly for c, cpp and idl files by setting the global
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
864 or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by adding the
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
865 following to your .vimrc. >
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
866 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
867
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
868 There are a couple of variables that have an affect on syntax highlighting, and
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
869 are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
870
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
871 Variable Default Effect ~
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
872 g:doxygen_enhanced_color
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
873 g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
874 doxygen comments.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
875
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
876 doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
877 and html_my_rendering underline.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
878
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
879 doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
880 colour highlighting.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
881
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
882 doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
883 punctuation of brief
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
884
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
885 There are also some hilight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
886 configuration.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
887
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
888 Highlight Effect ~
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
889 doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
890 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
891 doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
892 \endlink from a \link section.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
893
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
894
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
895 DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
896
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
897 The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
898 case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
899
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
900 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
901
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
902 The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
903 this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
904
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
905 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
906
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
907 before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
908 Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
909 'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
910 Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
911 highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
912 delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
913
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
914 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
915
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
916 The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
917
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
918
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
919 EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
920
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
921 While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
922 syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
923 highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
924 highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
925
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
926 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
927
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
928 Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
929
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
930 Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
931
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
932 :let eiffel_strict=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
933 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
934
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
935 Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
936 five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
937 "NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
938
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
939 Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
940 guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
941 lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
942
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
943 If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
944 "Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
945
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
946 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
947
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
948 instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
949
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
950 Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
951 experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
952
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
953 :let eiffel_ise=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
954
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
955 Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
956
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
957 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
958
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
959 to your startup file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
960
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
961
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
962 ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
963
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
964 The erlang highlighting supports Erlang (ERicsson LANGuage).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
965 Erlang is case sensitive and default extension is ".erl".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
966
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
967 If you want to disable keywords highlighting, put in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
968 :let erlang_keywords = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
969 If you want to disable built-in-functions highlighting, put in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
970 .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
971 :let erlang_functions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
972 If you want to disable special characters highlighting, put in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
973 your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
974 :let erlang_characters = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
975
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
976
857
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
977 FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
978
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
979 FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
980
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
981 Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
982 syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
983 editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
984 start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
985 'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
986 (to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
987 and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
988
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
989 If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
990 move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
991 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
992
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
993
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
994 FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
995
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
996 The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
997 modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
998 following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM'' by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
999 J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1001 If you want include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1002 redefine the following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1003
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1004 - formConditional
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1005 - formNumber
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1006 - formStatement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1007 - formHeaderStatement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1008 - formComment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1009 - formPreProc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1010 - formDirective
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1011 - formType
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1012 - formString
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1013
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1014 Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1015 directives per default in the same syntax group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1016
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1017 A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1018 header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1019 this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1020
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1021 :let form_enhanced_color=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1022
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1023 The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1024 gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1025 conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1026
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1027
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1028 FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1029
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1030 Default highlighting and dialect ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1031 Highlighting appropriate for f95 (Fortran 95) is used by default. This choice
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1032 should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 95 is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1033 superset of Fortran 90 and almost a superset of Fortran 77.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1034
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1035 Fortran source code form ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1036 Fortran 9x code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1037 syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1038
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1039 When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1040 form. If you always use free source form, then >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1041 :let fortran_free_source=1
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1042 in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed source
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1043 form, then >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1044 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1045 in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1046
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1047 If the form of the source code depends upon the file extension, then it is
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1048 most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin file. For more
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1049 information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1050 fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in free source form and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1051 rest in fixed source form, add the following code to your ftplugin file >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1052 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1053 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1054 let fortran_free_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1055 unlet! fortran_fixed_source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1056 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1057 let fortran_fixed_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1058 unlet! fortran_free_source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1059 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1060 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1061 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1062
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1063 When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1064 source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1065 fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1066 neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1067 determine which source form has been used by examining the first five columns
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
1068 of the first 250 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form are
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1069 detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The algorithm
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1070 should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a file that
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
1071 begins with 250 or more full-line comments, the script may incorrectly decide
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1072 that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens, just add a
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1073 non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1074 first twenty five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1075
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1076 Tabs in fortran files ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1077 Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1078 fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1079 Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1080 using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1081 variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1082 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1083 placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1084 mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1085
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1086 Syntax folding of fortran files ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1087 If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1088 fortran_fold with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1089 :let fortran_fold=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1090 to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1091 is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1092 subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1093 also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1094 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1095 then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1096 case constructs. If you also set the variable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1097 fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1098 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1099 then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1100 lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1101
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1102 If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1103 fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1104 you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1105 units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1106 unit.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1107
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1108 More precise fortran syntax ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1109 If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1110 :let fortran_more_precise=1
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1111 then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1112 statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1113 recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1114 construct.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1115
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1116 Non-default fortran dialects ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1117 The syntax script supports five Fortran dialects: f95, f90, f77, the Lahey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1118 subset elf90, and the Imagine1 subset F.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1119
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1120 If you use f77 with extensions, even common ones like do/enddo loops, do/while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1121 loops and free source form that are supported by most f77 compilers including
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1122 g77 (GNU Fortran), then you will probably find the default highlighting
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1123 satisfactory. However, if you use strict f77 with no extensions, not even free
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1124 source form or the MIL STD 1753 extensions, then the advantages of setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1125 dialect to f77 are that names such as SUM are recognized as user variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1126 names and not highlighted as f9x intrinsic functions, that obsolete constructs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1127 such as ASSIGN statements are not highlighted as todo items, and that fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1128 source form will be assumed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1129
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1130 If you use elf90 or F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1131 that f90 features excluded from these dialects will be highlighted as todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1132 items and that free source form will be assumed as required for these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1133 dialects.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1134
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1135 The dialect can be selected by setting the variable fortran_dialect. The
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1136 permissible values of fortran_dialect are case-sensitive and must be "f95",
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1137 "f90", "f77", "elf" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are ignored.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1138
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1139 If all your fortran files use the same dialect, set fortran_dialect in your
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1140 .vimrc prior to your syntax on statement. If the dialect depends upon the file
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1141 extension, then it is most convenient to set it in a ftplugin file. For more
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1142 information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1143 fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in the elf subset, your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1144 ftplugin file should contain the code >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1145 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1146 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1147 let fortran_dialect="elf"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1148 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1149 unlet! fortran_dialect
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1150 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1151 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1152 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1153
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1154 Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1155 the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis, by
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1156 including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=f77 or
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1157 elf or F or f90 or f95) in one of the first three lines in your file. For
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1158 example, your older .f files may be written in extended f77 but your newer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1159 ones may be F codes, and you would identify the latter by including in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1160 first three lines of those files a Fortran comment of the form >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1161 ! fortran_dialect=F
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1162 F overrides elf if both directives are present.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1163
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1164 Limitations ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1165 Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1166 strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1167 because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1168
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1169 For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1170 |ft-fortran-plugin|.
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1171
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1172
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1173 FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1174
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1175 In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1176 the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1177 appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1178 patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1179 number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1180
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1181 For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1182 as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1183
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1184 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1185 \ set filetype=fvwm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1186
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1187 If you'd like Vim to highlight all valid color names, tell it where to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1188 find the color database (rgb.txt) on your system. Do this by setting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1189 "rgb_file" to its location. Assuming your color database is located
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1190 in /usr/X11/lib/X11/, you should add the line >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1191
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1192 :let rgb_file = "/usr/X11/lib/X11/rgb.txt"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1193
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1194 to your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1195
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1196
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1197 GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1198
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1199 The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1200 the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1201 is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1202 are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1203
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1204 htmlString
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1205 htmlValue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1206 htmlEndTag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1207 htmlTag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1208 htmlTagN
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1209
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1210 Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1211 java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1212 group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1213 correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1214 to the contains clause.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1215
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1216 The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1217 group to make them easier to see.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1218
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1219
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1220 GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1221
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1222 The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1223 under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1224 of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1225 filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1226 (see |filetype.txt|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1227
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1228
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1229 HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1230
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1231 The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1232 Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1233 syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1234
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1235 If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1236 light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1237 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1238 To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1239 add: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1240 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1241 To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1242 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1243 And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1244 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1245 If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1246 your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1247 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1248
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1249 The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1250 directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1251 directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1252 operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1253 as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1254 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1255
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1256 The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1257 automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1258 TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1259 or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1260 in your .vimrc >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1261 :let lhs_markup = none
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1262 for no highlighting at all, or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1263 :let lhs_markup = tex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1264 to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1265 For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1266 this variable, so e.g. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1267 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1268 will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1269 set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1270 loading a file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1272
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1273 HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1274
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1275 The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1276
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1277 The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1278 This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1279 closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1280 defined for you)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1281
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1282 Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1283 names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1284 makes it easy to spot errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1285
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1286 Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1287 names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1288
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1289 Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1290 are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1291 text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1292 while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1293 only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1294 <A href="somfile.html">).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1295
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1296 If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1297 following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1298
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1299 - htmlBold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1300 - htmlBoldUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1301 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1302 - htmlUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1303 - htmlUnderlineItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1304 - htmlItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1305 - htmlTitle for titles
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1306 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1307
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1308 To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1309 of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1310 following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1311 are read during initialization) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1312 :let html_my_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1313
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1314 If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1315 http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1316
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1317 You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1318 vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1319 :let html_no_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1320
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1321 HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1322 details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1323 However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1324 ends with --!>) you can define >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1325 :let html_wrong_comments=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1326
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1327 JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1328 'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1329 programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are currently
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1330 supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1331
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1332 Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1333
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1334 There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1335 written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1336 following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1337 (the example comes from the asp.vim file):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1338
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1339 runtime! syntax/html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1340 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1341
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1342 Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1343 the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1344
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1345
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1346 HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1348 The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1349
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1350 Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1351 doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1352 this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1353 different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1354 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1355
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1356 Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1357
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1358 Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1359 signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1360 a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1361 :set syntax=htmlos
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1362
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1363 Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1364 block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1365
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1366
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1367 IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1368
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1369 Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1370 how to recognize this filetype.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1371
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1372 To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1373 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1374
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1375
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1376 INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1377
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1378 Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1379 most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1380 to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1381 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1382
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1383 By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1384 and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1385 you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1386 need to add this to your startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1387 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1389 This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1390 set of highlighted system functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1392 The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1393 it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1394 by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1395 startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1396 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1397
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1398 By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1399 version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1400 Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1401 startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1402 :let inform_highlight_old=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1403
829
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1404 IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1405
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1406 IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1407 Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1408
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1409 IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1410 rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1411 repetative but seems to work.
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1412
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1413 There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1414 are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1415
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1416 The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1417
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1418 Variable Effect ~
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1419
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1420 idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1421 extensions
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1422 idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1423 idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1424 quite helpful)
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1425 idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1426
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1427
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1428 JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1429
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1430 The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1431
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1432 In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1433 flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1434 classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the old
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1435 way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1436 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1437
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1438 All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1439 highlight them use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1440 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1441
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1442 You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1443 download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1444 If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1445 use the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1446 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1447 Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1448
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1449 Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1450 how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1451 functions:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1452
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1453 If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1454 a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1455 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1456 However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1457 supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1458 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1459 If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1460 declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1461 definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1462 original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1463
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1464 In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
8
7edf9b6e4c36 Various changes
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1465 only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1466 statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1467 your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1468 :let java_highlight_debug=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1469 The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1470 characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1471 new highlightings for the following groups.:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1472 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1473 which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1474 strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1475 have opted to chose another background for those statements.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1476
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1477 In order to help you to write code that can be easily ported between
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1478 Java and C++, all C++ keywords are marked as error in a Java program.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1479 However, if you use them regularly, you may want to define the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1480 variable in your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1481 :let java_allow_cpp_keywords=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1482
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1483 Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1484 creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1485 similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1486 and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1487 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1488 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1489 the color change the group CommentTitle).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1490 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1491 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1492 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1493 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1494 To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1495 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1496
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1497 If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1498 can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1499 scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1500 actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1501 CSS. The options to use are >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1502 :let java_javascript=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1503 :let java_css=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1504 :let java_vb=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1505
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1506 In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1507 for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1508 :hi link javaParen Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1509 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1510 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1511
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1512 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1513 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1514 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1515 :let java_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1516 This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1517 displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1518 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1519
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1520
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1521 LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1522
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1523 Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1524 style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1525 define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1526 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1527
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1528
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1529 LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1530
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1531 Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1532 gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1533 :syn sync minlines=300
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1534 may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1535 difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1536
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1537
555
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1538 LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1539
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1540 The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1541
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1542 g:lisp_instring : if it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1543 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1544 Useful for AutoLisp.
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1545 g:lisp_rainbow : if it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1546 of parenthesization will receive different
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1547 highlighting.
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1548 <
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1549 The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1550 the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1551 colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1552 specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1553 usual colorscheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1554 highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1555
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1556
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1557 LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1558
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1559 There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1560
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1561 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1562
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1563 :let lite_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1564
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1565 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1566 set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1567
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1568 :let lite_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1569
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1570
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1571 LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1572
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1573 LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensj| C. The
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1574 file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1575 users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1576 should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1577
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1578 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1579
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1580 If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1581 modeline. For a LPC file:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1582
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1583 // vim:set ft=lpc:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1584
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1585 For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1586
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1587 // vim:set ft=c:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1588
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1589 If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1590
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1591 There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1592 used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1593 and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1594 asserts the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1595 you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1596
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1597 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1598
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1599 For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1600
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1601 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1602
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1603 For LPC4 series of LPC: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1604
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1605 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1606
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1607 For uLPC series of LPC:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1608 uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1609 instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1610
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1611
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1612 LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1613
838
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1614 This syntax file may be used for Lua 4.0, Lua 5.0 or Lua 5.1 (the latter is
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1615 the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1616 lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1617 4.0 syntax highlighting, use this command: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1618
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1619 :let lua_version = 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1620
838
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1621 If you are using Lua 5.0, use these commands: >
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1622
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1623 :let lua_version = 5
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1624 :let lua_subversion = 0
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1625
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1626 To restore highlighting for Lua 5.1: >
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1627
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1628 :let lua_version = 5
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1629 :let lua_subversion = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1630
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1631
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1632 MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1633
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1634 Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1635 quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1636 signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1637 whitespaces and end with a newline.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1638
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1639 Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1640 as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1641 only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1642
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1643 By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1644 displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1645 with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1646
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1647 :let mail_minlines = 30
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1648
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1649
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1650 MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1651
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1652 In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1653 errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1654 feature off by using: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1655
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1656 :let make_no_commands = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1657
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1658
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1659 MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1660
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1661 Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1662 supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1663 The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1664 highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1665
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1666 :let mvpkg_all= 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1667
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1668 to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1669 choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1670 1, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1671 $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1672
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1673 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1674 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1675 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1676 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1677 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1678 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1679 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1680 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1681 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1682
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1683
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1684 MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
271
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1685
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1686 Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1687 have the following in your .vimrc: >
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1688
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1689 let filetype_m = "mma"
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1690
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1691
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1692 MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1693
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1694 If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1695 highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1696 comments: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1697
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1698 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1699
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1700 To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1701
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1702 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1703
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1704 To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1705 '%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1706
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1707 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1708
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1709 Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1710
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1711 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1712
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1713 To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1714
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1715 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1716
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1717 Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1718 use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1719 To enable this option: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1720
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1721 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1722
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1723 An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1724
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1725 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1726
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1727
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1728 MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1729
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1730 There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1731
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1732 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1733
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1734 :let msql_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1735
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1736 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1737 set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1738
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1739 :let msql_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1740
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1741
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1742 NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1743
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1744 There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1745
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1746 If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1747 errors, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1748
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1749 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1750
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1751 If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1752
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1753
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1754 NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1755
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1756 The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1757 activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1758 can use them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1759
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1760 For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1761 processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1762 features for groff, add the following option to your start-up files: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1763
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1764 :let b:nroff_is_groff = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1765
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1766 Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1767 Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1768 there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1769 you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1770 can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1771 native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1772 \[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1773 accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1774 environments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1775
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1776 In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1777 follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1778
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1779 1. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1780
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1781 2. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1782 exclamation mark, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1783
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1784 3. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1785 carriage return.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1786
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1787 The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1788 algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1789
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1790 Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1791 furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1792 vertical space input will be output as is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1793
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1794 Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1795 than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1796 practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1797 marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1798 need to maintaining regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1799 spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1800
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1801 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1802
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1803 Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1804 with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1805 highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1806 "nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1807
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1808 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1809 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1810 \ gui=reverse,bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1811
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1812 If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1813 with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1814 file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1815
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1816 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1817
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 8
diff changeset
1818 As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1819 paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1820
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1821 Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1822 groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1823
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1824
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1825 OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1826
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1827 The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1828 .mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1829
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1830 :let ocaml_revised = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1831
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1832 you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1833 by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1834
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1835 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1836
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1837 prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1838 contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1839
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1840
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1841 PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1842
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1843 The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extend, .pxml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1844 and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1845 as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1846 sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1847 you set the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1848
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1849 :let papp_include_html=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1850
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1851 in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1852 sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1853 edit sensibly. ;)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1854
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1855 The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1856 http://papp.plan9.de.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1857
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1858
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1859 PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1860
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1861 Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1862 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1863 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1864
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1865 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1866
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1867 The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1868 provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1869 Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1870 enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1871 following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1872
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1873 :let pascal_traditional=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1874
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1875 To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1876 keywords, etc): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1877
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1878 :let pascal_delphi=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1879
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1880
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1881 The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1882 *, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1883 operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1884
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1885 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1886
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1887 Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1888
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1889 :let pascal_no_functions=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1890
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1891 Furthermore, there are specific variable for some compiler. Besides
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1892 pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1893 match Turbo Pascal. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1894
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1895 :let pascal_gpc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1896
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1897 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1899 :let pascal_fpc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1900
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1901 To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1902 pascal_one_line_string variable. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1903
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1904 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1905
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1906 If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1907 will be highlighted as Error. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1908
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1909 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1910
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1911
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1912
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1913 PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1914
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1915 There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1916
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1917 If you use POD files or POD segments, you might: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1918
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1919 :let perl_include_pod = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1920
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1921 The reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1922 off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1923
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1924 To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1925 from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1926
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1927 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1928
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1929 (In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1930 enabled it.)
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1931
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1932 If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1933
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1934 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1935
26
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
1936 (In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1937
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1938 The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will be
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1939 highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1940 perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1941
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1942 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1943 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1944 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1945
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1946 (^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1947
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1948 The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1949 synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1950 If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1951 then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can figure
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1952 out the line that causes the mistake.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1953
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1954 One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1955
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1956 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1957 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1958
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1959 Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1960 its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1961
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1962 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1963
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1964 If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1965
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1966 :let perl_fold = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1967
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1968 If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1969
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1970 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1971
632
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
1972 To avoid folding packages or subs when perl_fold is let, let the appropriate
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
1973 variable(s): >
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
1974
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
1975 :unlet perl_nofold_packages
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
1976 :unlet perl_nofold_subs
632
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
1977
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
1978
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1979
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1980 PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1981
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1982 [note: previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1983 it has been renamed to "php"]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1984
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1985 There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1986
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1987 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1988
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1989 let php_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1990
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1991 For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1992
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1993 let php_baselib = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1994
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1995 Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1996
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1997 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1998
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1999 Using the old colorstyle: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2001 let php_oldStyle = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2002
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2003 Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2004
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2005 let php_asp_tags = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2006
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2007 Disable short tags: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2008
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2009 let php_noShortTags = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2010
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2011 For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2012
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2013 let php_parent_error_close = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2014
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2015 For skipping an php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2016 one: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2017
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2018 let php_parent_error_open = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2019
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2020 Enable folding for classes and functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2021
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2022 let php_folding = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2023
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2024 Selecting syncing method: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2025
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2026 let php_sync_method = x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2027
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2028 x = -1 to sync by search (default),
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2029 x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2030 x = 0 to sync from start.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2031
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2032
816
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2033 PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2034
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2035 TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2036 variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
2037 see |ft-tex-plugin|.
816
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2038
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2039 This syntax file has the option >
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2040
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2041 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2042
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2043 if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2044
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2045
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2046 PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2047
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2048 PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2049
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2050 This syntax file has the options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2051
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2052 - ppwiz_highlight_defs : determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2053 definitions. Possible values are
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2054
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2055 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2056 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2057
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2058 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : preprocessor #define and #evaluate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2059 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2060 continuation symbols
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2061
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2062 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2063
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2064 - ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2065 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2066
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2067
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2068 PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2069
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2070 There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2071
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2072 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2073
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2074 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2075
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2076 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2077 set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2078
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2079 :let phtml_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2081
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2082 POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2083
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2084 There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2085
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2086 First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2087 currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2088 and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2089 Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2090 extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2091 level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2092 highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2093
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2094 :let postscr_level=2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2095
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2096 If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2097 the most prevalent version currently.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2098
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2099 Note, not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2100 particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2101 PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2102
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2103 If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2104 Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2105 follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2106
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2107 :let postscr_display=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2108
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2109 If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2110 Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2111 postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2112
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2113 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2114
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2115 PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2116 useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2117 cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2118 character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2119 explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2120 highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2121
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2122 :let postscr_fonts=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2123 :let postscr_encodings=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2124
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2125 There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2126 PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2127 operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2128 if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2129 operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2130 or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2131 highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2132 postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2133
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2134 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2135 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2136
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2137 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2138 PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2139
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2140 This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2141
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2142 In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2143 the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2144 appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2145 patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2146 "term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2147
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2148 For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2149 files, add the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2150
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2151 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2152 \ set filetype=ptcap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2153
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2154 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2155 are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2156 internal variable to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2157
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2158 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2159
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2160 (The default is 20 lines.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2161
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2162
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2163 PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2164
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2165 Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2166 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2167 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2168 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2169 The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2170 Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2171 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2172 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2173
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2174
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2175 PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2176
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2177 There are four options to control Python syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2178
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2179 For highlighted numbers: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2180 :let python_highlight_numbers = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2181
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2182 For highlighted builtin functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2183 :let python_highlight_builtins = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2184
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2185 For highlighted standard exceptions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2186 :let python_highlight_exceptions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2187
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2188 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2189 :let python_highlight_space_errors = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2190
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2191 If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2192 preceding three options): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2193 :let python_highlight_all = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2194
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2195
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2196 QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2197
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2198 The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2199 Shooter) based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2200 a bit between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2201 syntax definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2202 users to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2203 can be set for the following effects:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2204
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2205 set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2206 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2207
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2208 set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2209 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2210
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2211 set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2212 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2213
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2215 commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2216
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2217
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2218 READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2219
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2220 The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2221 few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2222 items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2223 command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2224 let readline_has_bash = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2225
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2226 This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2227 later, and part earlier) adds.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2228
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2229
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2230 REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2231
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2232 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2233 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2234 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2235 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2236 This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2237 displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2238 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2239
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2240
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2241 RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2242
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2243 There are a number of options to the Ruby syntax highlighting.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2244
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2245 By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2246 of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2247 experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2248 you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2249
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2250 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2251
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2252 In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2253
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2254 If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2255 scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2256 the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2257
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2258 :let ruby_minlines = 100
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2259
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2260 Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2261 largest class or module.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2262
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2263 Highlighting of special identifiers can be disabled by defining
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2264 "ruby_no_identifiers": >
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2265
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2266 :let ruby_no_identifiers = 1
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2267
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2268 This will prevent highlighting of special identifiers like "ConstantName",
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2269 "$global_var", "@@class_var", "@instance_var", "| block_param |", and
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2270 ":symbol".
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2271
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2272 Significant methods of Kernel, Module and Object are highlighted by default.
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2273 This can be disabled by defining "ruby_no_special_methods": >
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2274
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2275 :let ruby_no_special_methods = 1
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2276
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2277 This will prevent highlighting of important methods such as "require", "attr",
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2278 "private", "raise" and "proc".
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2279
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2280 Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2281
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2282 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2283
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2284 This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2285 as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2286 "ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2287 spaces respectively.
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2288
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2289 Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2290
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2291 :let ruby_fold = 1
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2292
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2293 This will set the 'foldmethod' option to "syntax" and allow folding of
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2294 classes, modules, methods, code blocks, heredocs and comments.
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2295
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2296
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2297 SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
17
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2298
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2299 By default only R5RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2300
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2301 MzScheme-specific stuff will be used if b:is_mzscheme or g:is_mzscheme
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2302 variables are defined.
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
2303
36
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
2304 Also scheme.vim supports keywords of the Chicken Scheme->C compiler. Define
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
2305 b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
17
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2306
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2307
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2308 SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2309
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2310 The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2311 of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2312
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2313 The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2314 case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2315 used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2316 highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2317 :let sdl_2000=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2318
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2319 This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2320 keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2321 :let SDL_no_96=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2322
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2323
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2324 The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2325 satisfied with it for my own projects.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2326
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2327
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2328 SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2329
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2330 To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2331 highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2332
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2333 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2334
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2335 in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2336 inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2337 by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2338 also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2339 you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2340
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2341 Bugs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2342
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2343 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2344 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2345 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2346 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2347 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2348 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2349
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2350
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2351 SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2352
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2353 The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2354
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2355 The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2356 This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2357 closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2358 defined for you)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2359
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2360 Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2361 names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2362
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2363 Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2364 names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2365
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2366 Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2367 are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2368 text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2369 <replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2370
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2371 If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2372 following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2373
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2374 - sgmlBold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2375 - sgmlBoldItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2376 - sgmlUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2377 - sgmlItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2378 - sgmlLink for links
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2379
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2380 To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2381 following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2382 are read during initialization) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2383 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2384
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2385 You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2386 vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2387 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2389 (Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2390
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2391
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2392 SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2393
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
2394 This covers the "normal" Unix (Borne) sh, bash and the Korn shell.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2395
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2396 Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2397 various filenames are of specific types: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2398
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2399 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2400 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2401 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2402 If none of these cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2403 (ex. /bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2404 then that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2405 be shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2406 sh is symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2407
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2408 One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following three
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2409 variables in your <.vimrc>:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2410
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2411 ksh: >
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2412 let g:is_kornshell = 1
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2413 < posix: (using this is the same as setting is_kornshell to 1) >
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2414 let g:is_posix = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2415 < bash: >
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2416 let g:is_bash = 1
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2417 < sh: (default) Borne shell >
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2418 let g:is_sh = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2419
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
2420 If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
2421 default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
2422 the Borne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2423 statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2424 the sh your system uses in your <.vimrc>.
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
2425
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2426 If, in your <.vimrc>, you set >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2427 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2428 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2429 then various syntax items (HereDocuments and function bodies) become
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2430 syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2431
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2432 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2433 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2434 to a larger number. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2435
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2436 let sh_minlines = 500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2437
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2438 This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2439 displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2440 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2441
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2442 If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2443 reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2444
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2445 let sh_maxlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2446 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2447 The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2448 speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2449
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2450
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2451 SPEEDUP (AspenTech plant simulator) *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2452
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2453 The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2454
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2455 - strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2456 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2457 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2458
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2459 - highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2460 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2461 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2462 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2463 them in the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2464
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2465 - oneline_comments : this value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2466 highlighting of # style comments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2467
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2468 oneline_comments = 1 : allow normal Speedup code after an even
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2469 number of #s.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2470
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2471 oneline_comments = 2 : show code starting with the second # as
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2472 error. This is the default setting.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2473
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2474 oneline_comments = 3 : show the whole line as error if it contains
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2475 more than one #.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2476
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2478 PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2479 fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2480 the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2481
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2482
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2483 SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2484 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
720
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2485 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2486
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2487 While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2488 custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2489 SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2490
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2491 Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2492 scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2493 supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2494 buffer by buffer basis.
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2495
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2496 For more detailed instructions see |sql.txt|.
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2497
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2498
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2499 TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2501 This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2502 for how the filetype is detected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2503
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2504 Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2505 is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist add
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2506 this line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2507
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2508 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2509
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2510 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2511 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2512 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2513
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2514 :let tcsh_minlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2515
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2516 This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2517 displayed line. The default value is 15. The disadvantage of using a larger
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2518 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2519
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2520
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2521 TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2522
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2523 *tex-folding*
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2524 Want Syntax Folding? ~
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2525
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2526 As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2527 sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2528 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2529 in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2530 modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2531 % vim: fdm=syntax
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2532 <
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2533 *tex-runon*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2534 Run-on Comments/Math? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2535
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2536 The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2537 highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2538 texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2539 terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2540 as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2541 special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2542 %stopzone
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2543 which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2544 texMathZone.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2545
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2546 *tex-slow*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2547 Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2548
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2549 If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2550 :syn sync maxlines=200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2551 :syn sync minlines=50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2552 (especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2553 increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2554 if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2555
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2556 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2557 Wish To Highlight More Commmands? ~
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2558
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2559 LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2560 of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2561 package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2562 it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2563 techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2564 by syntax/tex.vim.
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2565
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2566 *tex-error*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2567 Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2568
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2569 The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2570 although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2571 errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2572 you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2573 let tex_no_error=1
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2574 and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2575
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2576 *tex-math*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2577 Need a new Math Group? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2578
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2579 If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2580 code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2581 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2582 You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2583 (currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2584 As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2585 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2586 You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2587 and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2588 The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2589 has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2590
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2591 *tex-style*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2592 Starting a New Style? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2593
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2594 One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2595 commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2596 following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2597 such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2598
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2599 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2600 :set ft=tex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2601
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2602 Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2603 always accept such use of @.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2604
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2605
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2606 TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2607
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2608 There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2609
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2610 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2611 set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2612
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2613 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2614
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2615
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2616 VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2617
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2618 There is a tradeoff between more accurate syntax highlighting versus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2619 screen updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2620 the g:vim_minlines variable. The g:vim_maxlines variable may be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2621 to improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2622
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2623 g:vim_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2624 g:vim_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2625
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2626 The g:vimembedscript option allows for somewhat faster loading of syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2627 highlighting for vim scripts at the expense of supporting syntax highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2628 for external scripting languages (currently perl, python, ruby, and tcl).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2629
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2630 g:vimembedscript == 1 (default) <vim.vim> will allow highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2631 g:vimembedscript doesn't exist of supported embedded scripting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2632 languages: perl, python, ruby and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2633 tcl.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2634
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2635 g:vimembedscript == 0 Syntax highlighting for embedded
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2636 scripting languages will not be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2637 loaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2638
846
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2639 Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; VimL is a
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2640 difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2641 highlighting is to put: >
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2642
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2643 let g:vimsyntax_noerror = 1
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2644
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2645 in your |vimrc|.
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2646
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2647
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2648 XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2649
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2650 The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2651 variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2652 You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2653 xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2654 your .vimrc. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2655 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2656 When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2657
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2658 Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2659 "SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2660 highlighted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2661
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2662
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2663 XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2664
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2665 Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2666 setting a global variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2667
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2668 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2669 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2670 *xml-folding*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2671 The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2672 start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2674 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2675 :set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2676
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Note: syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2678 especially for large files.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2679
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2680
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2681 X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2682
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2683 xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2684 XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2685 you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2686
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2687 To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2688 somewhere else with "P".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2689
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2690 Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2691 :function! GetPixel()
823
9ab23f1e137f updated for version 7.0c12
vimboss
parents: 819
diff changeset
2692 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2693 : echo c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2694 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2695 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r".c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2696 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2697 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2698 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2699 This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2700 It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2701 must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2702
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2703 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2704 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2705
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2706 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2707 5. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2708
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2709 Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2710
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2711 1. Keyword
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2712 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2713 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2714 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2715 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2716 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2717
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2718 2. Match
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2719 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2720
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2721 3. Region
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2722 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2723 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2724 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2725
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2726 Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2727 you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2728 to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2729 and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2730 "Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2731 one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2732 This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2733 each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2734 for a lot of groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2735
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2736 Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2737 group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2738 for the syntax group with the same name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2739
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2740 In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2741 defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2742 using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2743 match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2744 keyword with ignoring case.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2745
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2746
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2747 PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2748
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2749 When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2750
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2751 1. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2752 defined last has priority.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2753 2. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2754 3. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2755 start in later positions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2756
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2757
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2758 DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2759
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2760 :sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2761 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2762 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2763 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2764 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2765
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2766
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2767 SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2768
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2769 :sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2770 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2771 in a syntax item:
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2772
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2773 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2774 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2775 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2776
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2777 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2778 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2779 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2780
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2781 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2782
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2783
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2784 DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2785
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2786 :sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2787
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2788 This defines a number of keywords.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2789
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2790 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2791 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2792 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2793
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2794 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2795 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2796 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2797 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2798 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2799 These examples do exactly the same: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2800 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2801 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2802 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
838
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
2803 < *E789*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2804 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2805 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2806 variations at once: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2807 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2808 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2809 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2810 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2811 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2812 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2813 'iskeyword'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2814
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2815 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2816 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2817 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2818
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2819 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2820 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2821 instead.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2822
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2823 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2824
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2825 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2826 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2827 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2828 highlight group. Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2829 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2830 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2831 < When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2832 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2833 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2834
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2835
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2836 DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2837
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2838 :sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}] [excludenl] {pattern} [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2839
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2840 This defines one match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2841
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2842 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2843 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2844 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2845 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2846 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2847 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2848 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2849 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2850 line, which makes the match depend on where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2851 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2852 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2853
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2854 Example (match a character constant): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2855 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2856 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2857
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2858 DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2859 *E398* *E399*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2860 :sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2861 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2862 [keepend]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2863 [extend]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2864 [excludenl]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2865 start={start_pattern} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2866 [skip={skip_pattern}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2867 end={end_pattern} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2868 [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2869
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2870 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2871
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2872 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2873 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2874 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2875 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2876 for the text in between the matched start and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2877 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2878 a different group for the start or end match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2879 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2880 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2881 match with the end pattern. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2882 |:syn-keepend|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2883 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2884 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2885 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2886 extend a containing match or item. Only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2887 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2888 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2889 start={start_pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2890 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2891 skip={skip_pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2892 the region where not to look for the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2893 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2894 end={end_pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2895 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2896
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2897 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2898 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2899 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2900 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2901 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2902 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2903 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2904 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2905 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2906
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2907 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2908 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2909 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2910 the end patterns.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2911
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2912 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2913 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2914 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2915
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2916 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2917 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2918 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2919 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2920
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2921 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2922 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2923 work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2924 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2925 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2926 < The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2927 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2928 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2929 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2930 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2931 < This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2932 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2933
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2934 *:syn-keepend*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2935 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2936 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2937 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2938 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2939 { starts outer "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2940 { starts contained "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2941 } ends contained "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2942 } ends outer "{} region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2943 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2944 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2945 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2946 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2947 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2948 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2949 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2950 < The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2951 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2952
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2953 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2954 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2955 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2956 contained matches.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2957 *:syn-extend*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2958 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2959 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2960 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2961 extended.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2962 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2963 others don't. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2964
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2965 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2966 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2967 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2968
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2969 < Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2970 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2971 item does extend the htmlRef item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2972
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2973 Another example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2974 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2975 < This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2976 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2977 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2978 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2979 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2980
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2981 *:syn-excludenl*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2982 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2983 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2984 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2985 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2986 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2987 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2988 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2989 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2990 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2991 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2992 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2993 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2994 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2995
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2996 *:syn-matchgroup*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2997 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2998 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2999 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3000 < This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3001 between with the "String" group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3002 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3003 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3004 using a matchgroup.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3005
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3006 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3007 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3008 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3009 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3010 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3011
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3012 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3013 different colors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3014 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3015 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3016 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3017 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3018 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3019 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3020
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3021 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3022 6. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3023
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3024 The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3025 The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3026 and may be mixed with patterns.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3027
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3028 Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3029 can not be used for all commands:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3030 *E395* *E396*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3031 contains oneline fold display extend ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3032 :syntax keyword - - - - -
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3033 :syntax match yes - yes yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3034 :syntax region yes yes yes yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3035
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3036 These arguments can be used for all three commands:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3037 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3038 containedin
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3039 nextgroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3040 transparent
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3041 skipwhite
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3042 skipnl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3043 skipempty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3044
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3045
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3046 contained *:syn-contained*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3047
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3048 When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3049 the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3050 another match. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3051 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3052 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3053
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3054
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3055 display *:syn-display*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3056
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3057 If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3058 detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3059 by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3060 to be displayed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3061
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3062 Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3063 conditions:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3064 - The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3065 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3066 line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3067 - The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3068 make it continue on the next line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3069 - The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3070 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3071 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3072 - The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3073 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3074 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3075 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3076
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3077 Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3078 - match with a number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3079 - match with a label
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3081
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3082 transparent *:syn-transparent*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3083
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3084 If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3085 itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3086 is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3087 only to skip over a part of the text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3088
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3089 The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3090 unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3091 avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3092 highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3093 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3094 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3095 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3096 :hi link myString String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3097 :hi link myWord Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3098 Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3099 match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3100 argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3101 it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3102 out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3103 "myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Constant. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3104 happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3105 position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3106
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3107 When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3108 items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3109 see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3110 through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3111
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3112 look from here
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3113
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3114 | | | | | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3115 V V V V V V
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3116
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3117 xxxx yyy more contained items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3118 .................... contained item (transparent)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3119 ============================= first item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3120
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3121 The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3122 transparent group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3123
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3124 What you see is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3125
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3126 =======xxxx=======yyy========
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3127
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3128 Thus you look through the transparent "....".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3129
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3130
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3131 oneline *:syn-oneline*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3132
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3133 The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3134 boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3135 region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3136 the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3137 continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3138 line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3139
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3140 When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3141 pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3142 end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3143 means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3144 be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3145 line break.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3146
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3147
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3148 fold *:syn-fold*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3149
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3150 The "fold" argument makes the fold level increased by one for this item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3151 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3152 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3153 :syn sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3154 :set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3155 This will make each {} block form one fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3156
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3157 The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3158 ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3159 The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3160 {not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3161
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3162
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3163 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3164 contains={groupname},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3165
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3166 The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3167 groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3168 containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3169 regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3170 this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3171 here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3172
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3173 contains=ALL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3174 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3175 groups will be accepted inside the item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3176
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3177 contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3178 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3179 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3180 are listed. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3181 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3182
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3183 contains=TOP
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3184 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3185 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3186 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3187 contains=TOP,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3188 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3189
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3190 contains=CONTAINED
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3191 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3192 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3193 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3194 contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3195 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3196 listed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3197
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3198
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3199 The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3200 that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3201 The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3202 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3203 The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3204 that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3205 command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3206 syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3207 the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3208 group names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3209
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3210 The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3211 region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3212 |:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3213 region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3214 area that is highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3215
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3216
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3217 containedin={groupname}... *:syn-containedin*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3218
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3219 The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3220 item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3221 containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3222
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3223 The {groupname}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3224
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3225 This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3226 be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3227 of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3228 the C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3229 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3230 Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3231 level.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3232
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3233 Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3234 appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3235 keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3236 work.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3237
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3238
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3239 nextgroup={groupname},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3240
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3241 The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3242 separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3243
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3244 If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3245 tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3246 a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3247 will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3248 current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3249 other groups. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3250 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3251 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3252 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3253
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3254 This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3255 "Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3256 highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3257
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3258 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3259 fff bbb fff bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3260
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3261 Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3262 when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3263 highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3264 would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3265
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3266
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3267 skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3268 skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3269 skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3270
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3271 These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3272 used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3273 skipwhite skip over space and Tab characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3274 skipnl skip over the end of a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3275 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3276
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3277 When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3278 next group that matches the white space.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3279
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3280 When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3281 line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3282 line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3283 the current item in the same line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3284
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3285 When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3286 groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3287 for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3288 space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3289
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3290 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3291 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3292 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3293 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3294 Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3295 match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3296 precedence.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3297 Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3298 "contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3299 example).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3300
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3301 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3302 7. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3303
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3304 In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3305 characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3306 use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3307 use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3308 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3309 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3310
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3311 See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3312 always interpreted like the 'magic' options is set, no matter what the actual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3313 value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3314 not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3315 independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3316
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3317 Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3318 This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3319
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3320 *:syn-pattern-offset*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3321 The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3322 change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3323 match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3324 are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3325 pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3326
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3327 The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3328 The {what} can be one of seven strings:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3329
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3330 ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3331 me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3332 hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3333 he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3334 rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3335 re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3336 lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3337
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3338 The {offset} can be:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3339
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3340 s start of the matched pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3341 s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3342 s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3343 e end of the matched pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3344 e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3345 e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3346 {nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3348 Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3349
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3350 Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3351 meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3352
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3353 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3354 match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3355 region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3356 region item skip - yes - - - - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3357 region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3358
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3359 Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3360 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3361 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3362 some "string" text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3363 ^^^^^^ highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3364
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3365 Notes:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3366 - There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3367 offset(s).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3368 - The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3369 - A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3370 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3371 - The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3372 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3373 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3374
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3375 Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3376 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3377 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3378 /* this is a comment */
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3379 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3380
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3381 A more complicated Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3382 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3383 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3384 abcfoostringbarabc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3385 mmmmmmmmmmm match
625
81fe2ccc1207 updated for version 7.0179
vimboss
parents: 572
diff changeset
3386 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3387
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3388 Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3389
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3390 Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3391 with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3392 in the pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3393
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3394 The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3395 be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3396 cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3397 characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3398 used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3399 specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3401 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3402 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3403 :syn match Underline "_\+"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3404 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3405 ___zzzz ___wwww
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3406 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3407 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3408 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3409
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3410 The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3411 unless you set "ms" explicitly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3412
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3413
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3414 Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3415
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3416 The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3417 expected, but there are a few exceptions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3418
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3419 When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3420 allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3421 following line though.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3422
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3423 The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3424 continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3425 matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3426 halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3427 previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3428 is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3429 x x a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3430 b x x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3431 Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3432 after the "\n".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3433
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3434
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3435 External matches *:syn-ext-match*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3436
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3437 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3438
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3439 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3440 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it is can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3441 be accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3442 in defining a syntax region start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3443
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3444 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3445 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3446 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3447 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3448
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3449 Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3450 sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3451 shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3452 items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3453 referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3454 example, for instance, can be done like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3455 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3456
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3457 As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3458 it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3459 changes the \1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3460 first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3461 also be used in skip patterns: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3462 :syn region foo start="start \(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3463
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3464 Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3465 indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3466 to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3467 Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3468 within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3469 sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3470 the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3471
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3472 Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3473 cannot be referred to.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3474
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3475 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3476 8. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3477
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3478 :sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3479 [add={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3480 [remove={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3481
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3482 This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3483 single name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3484
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3485 contains={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3486 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3487 add={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3488 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3489 remove={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3490 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3491
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3492 A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., nextgroup=.., add=..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3493 or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use this notation to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3494 implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3495
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3496 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3497 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3498 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3499
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3500 As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3501 retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3502 to speak: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3503 :syntax keyword A aaa
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3504 :syntax keyword B bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3505 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3506 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3507 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3508
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3509 This also has implications for nested clusters: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3510 :syntax keyword A aaa
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3511 :syntax keyword B bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3512 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3513 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3514 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3515 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3516 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3517
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3518 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3519 9. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3520
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3521 It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3522 a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3523 two different ways:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3524
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3525 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3526 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3527 the |:runtime| command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3528
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3529 " In cpp.vim:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3530 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3531 :unlet b:current_syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3532
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3533 < - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3534 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3535 ":syntax include" command:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3536
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3537 :sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3538
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3539 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3540 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3541 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3542 that list. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3543
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3544 " In perl.vim:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3545 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3546 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3547 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3548 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3549 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3550 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3551 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3552 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3553 with his own version, without replacing the file that does the ":syn
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3554 include".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3555
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3556 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3557 10. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3558
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3559 Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3560 make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3561 redrawing starts.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3562
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3563 :sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3564
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3565 There are four ways to synchronize:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3566 1. Always parse from the start of the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3567 |:syn-sync-first|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3568 2. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3569 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3570 |:syn-sync-second|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3571 3. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3572 |:syn-sync-third|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3573 4. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3574 |:syn-sync-fourth|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3575
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3576 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3577 For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3578 limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3579
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3580 If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3581 that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3582 lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3583
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3584 If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3585 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3586 adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3587 slow machine. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3588 :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3589 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3590 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3591 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3592 cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3593 start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3594 the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3595 break use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3596 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3597 The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3598 change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3599 value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3600
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3601
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3602 First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3603 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3604 :syntax sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3605
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3606 The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3607 accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3608 so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3609 when making changes some part of the next needs to be parsed again (worst
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3610 case: to the end of the file).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3611
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3612 Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3613
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3614
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3615 Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3616
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3617 For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3618 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3619 :syntax sync ccomment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3620
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3621 When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3622 comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3623 used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3624 An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3625 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3626 This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3627 used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3628 region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3629
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3630 The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3631 lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3632 lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3633 lines, but it hard to sync on).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3634
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3635 Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3636 that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3637 is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3638 chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3639 is hardly ever noticed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3640
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3641
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3642 Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3643
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3644 For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3645 Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3646 means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3647 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3648 :syntax sync minlines=50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3649
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3650 "lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3651
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3652
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3653 Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3654
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3655 The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3656 sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3657 region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3658 starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3659 the search continues backwards in the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3660
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3661 This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3662 matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3663 - Keywords cannot be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3664 - The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3665 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3666 - The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3667 forwards.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3668 - A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3669 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3670 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3671 consecutive that contain the continuation pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3672 - When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3673 group of continued lines).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3674 - When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3675 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3676 line (or group of continued lines).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3677 - When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3678 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3679 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3680 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3681
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3682 There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3683 1. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3684 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3685 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3686 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3687 2. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3688 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3689 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3690 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3691 Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3692
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3693 Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3694 avoid finding unwanted matches.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3695
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3696 [The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3697 search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3698 highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3699 faster.]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3700
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3701 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3702 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3703
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3704 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3705 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3706 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3707 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3708 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3709
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3710 *syn-sync-groupthere*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3711 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3712
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3713 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3714 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3715 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3716 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3717 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3718 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3719 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3720 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3721 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3722 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3723
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3724 :syntax sync match ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3725 :syntax sync region ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3726
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3727 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3728 skipped while searching for a sync point.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3729
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
3730 *syn-sync-linecont*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3731 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3732
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3733 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3734 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3735 consider the lines to be concatenated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3736
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3737 If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3738 searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3739 few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3740 :syntax sync maxlines=100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3741
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3742 You can clear all sync settings with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3743 :syntax sync clear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3744
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3745 You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3746 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3747
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3748 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3749 11. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3750
534
c6296b0ad9ea updated for version 7.0151
vimboss
parents: 523
diff changeset
3751 This command lists all the syntax items: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3752
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3753 :sy[ntax] [list]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3754
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3755 To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3756
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3757 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3758
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3759 To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3760
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3761 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3762
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3763 See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3764
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3765 Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3766 is mostly used, because it looks better.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3767
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3768 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3769 12. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3770
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3771 There are three types of highlight groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3772 - The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3773 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3774 linked to a group of the second type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3775 - The ones used for all syntax languages.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3776 - The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3777 *hitest.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3778 You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3779 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3780 This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3781 in their own color.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3782
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3783 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3784 :colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3785 for the file "colors/{name}.vim. The first one that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3786 is found is loaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3787 To see the name of the currently active color scheme
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3788 (if there is one): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3789 :echo g:colors_name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3790 < Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3791 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
12
bdeee1504ac1 updated for version 7.0004
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
3792 After the color scheme has been loaded the
bdeee1504ac1 updated for version 7.0004
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
3793 |ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
3794 For info about writing a colorscheme file: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
3795 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3796
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3797 :hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3798 attributes set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3799
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3800 :hi[ghlight] {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3801 List one highlight group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3802
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3803 :hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3804 highlighting for groups added by the user!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3805 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3806 default colors to use.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3807
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3808 :hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3809 :hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3810 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3811 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3812
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3813 :hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3814 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3815 an existing group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3816 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3817 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3818 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3819
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3820 Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3821 default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3822 highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3823 values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3824 the default value.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3825
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3826 A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3827 a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3828
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3829 :hi Comment gui=bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3830
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3831 Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3832 specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3833 result is like this single command has been used: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3834 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3835 <
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
3836 *:highlight-verbose*
448
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3837 When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3838 also tell where it was last set. Example: >
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3839 :verbose hi Comment
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3840 < Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
3841 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
448
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3842
484
f012c4ed8c38 updated for version 7.0132
vimboss
parents: 481
diff changeset
3843 When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
f012c4ed8c38 updated for version 7.0132
vimboss
parents: 481
diff changeset
3844 mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
448
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3845
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3846 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3847 There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3848 term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3849 cterm a color terminal (MS-DOS console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3850 termcap entry)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3851 gui the GUI
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3852
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3853 For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3854 the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3855
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3856 1. highlight arguments for normal terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3857
301
006e9c8a6a8a updated for version 7.0079
vimboss
parents: 279
diff changeset
3858 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
006e9c8a6a8a updated for version 7.0079
vimboss
parents: 279
diff changeset
3859 *inverse* *italic* *standout*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3860 term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3861 attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3862 following items (in any order):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3863 bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3864 underline
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
3865 undercurl not always available
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3866 reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3867 inverse same as reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3868 italic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3869 standout
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3870 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3871
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3872 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3873 have the same effect.
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
3874 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
3875 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" is only available in
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
3876 the GUI. The color is set with |highlight-guisp|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3877
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3878 start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3879 stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3880 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3881 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3882
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3883 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3884 is written before the characters in the highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3885 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3886 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3887 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3888 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3889 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3890
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3891 The {term-list} can have two forms:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3892
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3893 1. A string with escape sequences.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3894 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3895 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3896 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3897 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3899 2. A list of terminal codes.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3900 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3901 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3902 White space is not allowed. Example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3903 start=t_C1,t_BL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3904 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3905
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3906
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3907 2. highlight arguments for color terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3908
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3909 cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3910 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3911 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3912 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3913 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3914 Note: Many terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3915 with coloring. Use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg=" OR "ctermbg=".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3916
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3917 ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3918 ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3919 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3920 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3921 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3922 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3923 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3924 another color, on others you just get color 3.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3925
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3926 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3927 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3928 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3929 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3930 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3931
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3932 The MSDOS standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3933 have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in X11
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3934 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3935 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3936 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3937
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3938 *cterm-colors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3939 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3940 0 0 Black
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3941 1 4 DarkBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3942 2 2 DarkGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3943 3 6 DarkCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3944 4 1 DarkRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3945 5 5 DarkMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3946 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3947 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3948 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3949 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3950 10 2* Green, LightGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3951 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3952 12 1* Red, LightRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3953 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3954 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3955 15 7* White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3956
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3957 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3958 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3959 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3960 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3961 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3962 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3963 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3964 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3965 a number instead of a color name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3966
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3967 The case of the color names is ignored.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3968 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
3969 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that Blue
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3970 is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3971
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3972 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3973 colors!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3974
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3975 *:hi-normal-cterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3976 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3977 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3978 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3979 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3980 < When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3981 'background' option will be adjusted automatically. This causes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3982 highlight groups that depend on 'background' to change! This means
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3983 you should set the colors for Normal first, before setting other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3984 colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3985 When a colorscheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3986 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3987 delete the "colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3988
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3989 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3990 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3991 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3992 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3993 *E419* *E420*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3994 When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3995 "bg" can be used as color names. This only works after setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3996 colors for the Normal group and for the MS-DOS console. Example, for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3997 reverse video: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3998 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3999 < Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4000 command are given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4001 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4002
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4003
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4004 3. highlight arguments for the GUI
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4005
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4006 gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4007 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4008 See |attr-list| for a description.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4009 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4010 have the same effect.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4011 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4012
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4013 font={font-name} *highlight-font*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4014 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4015 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4016 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4017 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4018 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4019 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4020 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4021 used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4022 The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4023 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4024 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4025 changed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4026 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4027 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4028 occur.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4029
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4030 guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4031 guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4032 guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4033 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
642
2392a6da4aa4 updated for version 7.0186
vimboss
parents: 632
diff changeset
4034 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl.
2392a6da4aa4 updated for version 7.0186
vimboss
parents: 632
diff changeset
4035 There are a few special names:
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4036 NONE no color (transparent)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4037 bg use normal background color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4038 background use normal background color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4039 fg use normal foreground color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4040 foreground use normal foreground color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4041 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4042 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4043 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4044 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4045 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4046 *gui-colors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4047 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4048 Red LightRed DarkRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4049 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4050 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4051 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4052 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4053 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4054 Gray LightGray DarkGray
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4055 Black White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4056 Orange Purple Violet
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4057
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4058 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4059 |win32-colors|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4060
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4061 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4062 The format is "#rrggbb", where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4063 "rr" is the Red value
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4064 "gg" is the Green value
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4065 "bb" is the Blue value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4066 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4067 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4068 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4069 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4070 These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4071 'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4072 of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4073 command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4074 *hl-Cursor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4075 Cursor the character under the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4076 *hl-CursorIM*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4077 CursorIM like Cursor, but used when in IME mode |CursorIM|
746
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4078 *hl-CursorColumn*
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4079 CursorColumn the screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4080 set
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4081 *hl-CursorLine*
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4082 CursorLine the screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4083 set
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4084 *hl-Directory*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4085 Directory directory names (and other special names in listings)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4086 *hl-DiffAdd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4087 DiffAdd diff mode: Added line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4088 *hl-DiffChange*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4089 DiffChange diff mode: Changed line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4090 *hl-DiffDelete*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4091 DiffDelete diff mode: Deleted line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4092 *hl-DiffText*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4093 DiffText diff mode: Changed text within a changed line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4094 *hl-ErrorMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4095 ErrorMsg error messages on the command line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4096 *hl-VertSplit*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4097 VertSplit the column separating vertically split windows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4098 *hl-Folded*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4099 Folded line used for closed folds
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4100 *hl-FoldColumn*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4101 FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4102 *hl-SignColumn*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4103 SignColumn column where |signs| are displayed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4104 *hl-IncSearch*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4105 IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4106 ":s///c"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4107 *hl-LineNr*
699
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4108 LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4109 option is set.
699
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4110 *hl-MatchParen*
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4111 MatchParen The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4112 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4113
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4114 *hl-ModeMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4115 ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4116 *hl-MoreMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4117 MoreMsg |more-prompt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4118 *hl-NonText*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4119 NonText '~' and '@' at the end of the window, characters from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4120 'showbreak' and other characters that do not really exist in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4121 the text (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4122 doesn't fit at the end of the line).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4123 *hl-Normal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4124 Normal normal text
540
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4125 *hl-Pmenu*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4126 Pmenu Popup menu: normal item.
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4127 *hl-PmenuSel*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4128 PmenuSel Popup menu: selected item.
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4129 *hl-PmenuSbar*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4130 PmenuSbar Popup menu: scrollbar.
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4131 *hl-PmenuThumb*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4132 PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4133 *hl-Question*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4134 Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4135 *hl-Search*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4136 Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4137 Also used for highlighting the current line in the quickfix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4138 window and similar items that need to stand out.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4139 *hl-SpecialKey*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4140 SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4141 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4142 Generally: text that is displayed differently from what it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4143 really is.
221
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4144 *hl-SpellBad*
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4145 SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4146 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
391
289b19a6f2ed updated for version 7.0103
vimboss
parents: 301
diff changeset
4147 *hl-SpellCap*
289b19a6f2ed updated for version 7.0103
vimboss
parents: 301
diff changeset
4148 SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
289b19a6f2ed updated for version 7.0103
vimboss
parents: 301
diff changeset
4149 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
221
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4150 *hl-SpellLocal*
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4151 SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4152 used in another region. |spell|
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4153 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4154 *hl-SpellRare*
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4155 SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4156 hardly ever used. |spell|
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4157 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4158 *hl-StatusLine*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4159 StatusLine status line of current window
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4160 *hl-StatusLineNC*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4161 StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4162 Note: if this is equal to "StatusLine" Vim will use "^^^" in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4163 the status line of the current window.
677
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4164 *hl-TabLine*
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4165 TabLine tab pages line, not active tab page label
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4166 *hl-TabLineFill*
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4167 TabLineFill tab pages line, where there are no labels
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4168 *hl-TabLineSel*
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4169 TabLineSel tab pages line, active tab page label
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4170 *hl-Title*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4171 Title titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4172 *hl-Visual*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4173 Visual Visual mode selection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4174 *hl-VisualNOS*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4175 VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4176 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4177 *hl-WarningMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4178 WarningMsg warning messages
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4179 *hl-WildMenu*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4180 WildMenu current match in 'wildmenu' completion
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4181
523
a7ae7e043e43 updated for version 7.0146
vimboss
parents: 501
diff changeset
4182 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4183 The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
4184 statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4185
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4186 For the GUI you can use these groups to set the colors for the menu,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4187 scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4188 Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4189 and guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4190
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4191 *hl-Menu*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4192 Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4193 Also used for the toolbar.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4194 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4195
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4196 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4197 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4198 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4199 set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4201 *hl-Scrollbar*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4202 Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4203 scrollbars.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4204 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4205
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4206 *hl-Tooltip*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4207 Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4208 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4209
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4210 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4211 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4212 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4213 set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4214
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4215 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4216 13. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4217
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4218 When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4219 can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4220 group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4221
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4222 To set a link:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4223
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4224 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4225
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4226 To remove a link:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4227
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4228 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4229
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4230 Notes: *E414*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4231 - If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4232 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4233 - As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4234 removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4235 - If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4236 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4237 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4238 links for groups that already have settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4239
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4240 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4241 The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4242 group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4243 will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4244
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4245 Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4246 specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4247 :highlight default link cComment Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4248 If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4249 :highlight link cComment Question
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4250 Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4251 overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4252
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4253 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4254 14. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4255
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4256 If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4257 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4258 :syntax clear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4259
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4260 This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4261 or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4262 in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4263 load the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4264 The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4265 loaded after this command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4266
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4267 If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4268 the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4269 :syntax off
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4270
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4271 What this command actually does, is executing the command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4272 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4273 See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4274 $VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4275
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4276 To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4277 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4278 This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4279
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4280 To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4281 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4282 This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4283
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4284 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4285 If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4286 defaults back: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4287
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4288 :syntax reset
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4289
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4290 This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4291
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4292 Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4293 back to their Vim default.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4294 Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4295 scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4296
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4297 What this actually does is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4298
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4299 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4300 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4301
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4302 Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4303
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4304 *syncolor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4305 If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4306 script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4307 'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4308 the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4309 reset" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4310
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4311 For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4312
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4313 if &background == "light"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4314 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4315 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4316 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4317 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4318
24
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4319 *E679*
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4320 Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4321 'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4322 endless loop.
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4323
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4324 Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4325 your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4326 depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4327
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4328 *syntax_cmd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4329 The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4330 syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4331 "on" ":syntax on" command. Highlight colors are overruled but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4332 links are kept
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4333 "enable" ":syntax enable" command. Only define colors for groups that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4334 don't have highlighting yet. Use ":syntax default".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4335 "reset" ":syntax reset" command or loading a color scheme. Define all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4336 the colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4337 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4338 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4339 them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4340
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4341 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4342 15. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4343
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4344 If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4345 mappings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4346
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4347 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4348 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4349 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4350 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4351 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4352
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4353 WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4354 memory Vim will consume.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4355
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4356 Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4357 must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4358
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4359 Put these lines in your Makefile:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4360
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4361 # Make a highlight file for types. Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4362 types: types.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4363 types.vim: *.[ch]
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
4364 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4365 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4366 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4367
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4368 And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4369
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4370 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4371 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4372 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4373 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' . fname
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4374 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4375
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4376 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4377 16. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4378
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4379 Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4380 default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4381 :if &term =~ "xterm"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4382 : if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4383 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4384 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4385 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4386 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4387 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4388 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4389 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4390 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4391 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4392 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4393
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4394 You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4395 e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4396
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4397 Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4398 be wrong.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4399 *xiterm* *rxvt*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4400 The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4401 But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4402 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4403 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4404 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4405 *colortest.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4406 To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
671
83a006f81bac updated for version 7.0199
vimboss
parents: 642
diff changeset
4407 To use it, execute this command: >
83a006f81bac updated for version 7.0199
vimboss
parents: 642
diff changeset
4408 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4409
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
4410 Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4411 output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4412 at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4413 colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4414
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4415 *xfree-xterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4416 To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
4417 included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4418 at: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4419 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4420 Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4421 termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4422 supports. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4423 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4424 If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4425 (Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4426
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4427 This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4428 :if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4429 : set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4430 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4431 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4432 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4433 : set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4434 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4435 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4436 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4437 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4438
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4439 Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4440 translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4441 Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4442
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4443 For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4444
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4445 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4446 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4448 Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4449 and try if that works.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4450
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4451 You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4452 XTerm*color0: #000000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4453 XTerm*color1: #c00000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4454 XTerm*color2: #008000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4455 XTerm*color3: #808000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4456 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4457 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4458 XTerm*color6: #008080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4459 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4460 XTerm*color8: #808080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4461 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4462 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4463 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4464 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4465 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4466 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4467 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4468 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4469
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4470 [Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4471 cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
4472 newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4473
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4474 To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4475 Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4476 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4477 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4478 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4479 To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4480 Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4481 these resources:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4482 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4483 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4484 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4485 XTerm*cursorColor: White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4486
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4487 *hpterm-color*
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
4488 These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4489 foreground colors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4490 :if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4491 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4492 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4493 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4494 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4495 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4496 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4497 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4498 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4499 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4501 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4502 These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4503 emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4504 bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4505 :set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4506 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4507 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4508 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4509 *TTpro-telnet*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4510 These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4511 open-source program for MS-Windows. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4512 set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4513 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4514 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4515 Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4516 that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4517 (info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4518
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4519 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: